blob: ff72e4705f5d7142322e51d808f07c491edef7c0 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000423- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
425
426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
432 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000435 default environment.
436
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
442
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200444
445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
447 concepts).
448
449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
450 * New libfdt-based support
451 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400453
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200460
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
462 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500463
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
465
466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000468
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
470
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
473
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
475
476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
482
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
484
485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
492
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100493- vxWorks boot parameters:
494
495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
505
506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
507
508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
509 the defaults discussed just above.
510
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000511- Cache Configuration:
512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
515
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000516- Cache Configuration for ARM:
517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
518 controller
519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
520 controller register space
521
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000524
525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
526
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
530
531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
532
533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
534 the clock speed of the UARTs.
535
536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
537
538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
541
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
543
544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
546 this variable to initialize the extra register.
547
548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
549
550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
552 variable to flush the UART at init time.
553
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560
561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
562 port routines must be defined elsewhere
563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
564
565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
569 (default big endian)
570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
571 rectangle fill
572 (cf. smiLynxEM)
573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
576 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
585 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
587 (i.e. i8042_getc)
588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
589 (requires blink timer
590 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
593 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
596 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
598 linux_logo.h for logo.
599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000602 the logo
603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
606 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000607
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
610 the "silent" environment variable. See
611 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613- Console Baudrate:
614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
615 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100619- Console Rx buffer length
620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
625 the SMC.
626
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000627- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200636 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000637
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000640
Simon Glass295d3942011-10-18 13:43:20 +0000641- Pre-console putc():
642 Prior to the console being initialised, console output is
643 normally silently discarded. This can be annoying if a
644 panic() happens in this time.
645
646 If the CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_PUTC option is defined, then
647 U-Boot will call board_pre_console_putc() for each output
648 character in this case, This function should try to output
649 the character if possible, perhaps on all available UARTs
650 (it will need to do this directly, since the console code
651 is not functional yet). Note that if the panic happens
652 early enough, then it is possible that board_init_f()
653 (or even arch_cpu_init() on ARM) has not been called yet.
654 You should init all clocks, GPIOs, etc. that are needed
655 to get the character out. Baud rates will need to default
656 to something sensible.
657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000658- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
659 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
660 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
661
662 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
663 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
664 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
665 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
666 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
667 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
668 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
669 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
670 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
671 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
672 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
673 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
674
675- Autoboot Command:
676 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
677 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
678 define a command string that is automatically executed
679 when no character is read on the console interface
680 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
681
682 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000683 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
684 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
685 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000686
687 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000688 The value of these goes into the environment as
689 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
690 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200691 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000692
693- Pre-Boot Commands:
694 CONFIG_PREBOOT
695
696 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
697 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
698 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
699 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
700 entering interactive mode.
701
702 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
703 automatically generated or modified. For an example
704 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
705 modified when the user holds down a certain
706 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
707 booting the systems
708
709- Serial Download Echo Mode:
710 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
711 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
712 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
713 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
714 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
715 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
716 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
717
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500718- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000719 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
720 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200721 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000722
723- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500724 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
725 from the build by using the #include files
726 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
727 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
728 and augmenting with additional #define's
729 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000730
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500731 The default command configuration includes all commands
732 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000733
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500734 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500735 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
736 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
737 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
738 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
739 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
740 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
741 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500742 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500743 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
744 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
745 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600746 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
747 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
748 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
749 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500750 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
751 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500752 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
754 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500755 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500756 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500757 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
758 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
759 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
760 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
761 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500762 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000763 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500764 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
765 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
766 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
767 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
768 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
769 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500770 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500771 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
772 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
773 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
774 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500775 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500776 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
777 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400778 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
779 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500780 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
781 loop, loopw, mtest
782 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
783 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
784 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100785 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500786 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
787 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600788 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000789 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
791 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
792 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
793 host
794 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
795 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
796 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
797 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
798 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
799 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
800 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
801 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
802 (4xx only)
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100803 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400804 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200805 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500806 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000807 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000808 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000809 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500811 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
812 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814
815 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
816 support you can write:
817
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500818 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
819 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400821 Other Commands:
822 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000823
824 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000826 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
827 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
828 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
829 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
830 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
831 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832
833
834 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
835
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000836- Device tree:
837 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
838 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
839 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
840 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
841 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
842 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
843
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000844 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
845 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000846
847 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
848 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
849 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
850 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
851 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
852 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000853
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000854 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
855 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
856 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
857 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
858
859 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
860
861 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
862 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
863 still use the individual files if you need something more
864 exotic.
865
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866- Watchdog:
867 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
868 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000869 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
870 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
871 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
872 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
873 available, then no further board specific code should
874 be needed to use it.
875
876 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
877 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
878 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
879 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000880
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000881- U-Boot Version:
882 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
883 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
884 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
885 version as printed by the "version" command.
886 This variable is readonly.
887
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888- Real-Time Clock:
889
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
892 following options:
893
894 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
895 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000896 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000898 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000900 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000901 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100902 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000903 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200904 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200905 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
906 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000908 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
909 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
910
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600911- GPIO Support:
912 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
913 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
914
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000915 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
916 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
917 pins supported by a particular chip.
918
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600919 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
920 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922- Timestamp Support:
923
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000924 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
925 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
926 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500927 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
929- Partition Support:
930 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400931 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000932
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100933 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
934 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
935 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000936
937- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000938 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
939 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000941 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
942 be performed by calling the function
943 ide_set_reset(int reset)
944 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945
946- ATAPI Support:
947 CONFIG_ATAPI
948
949 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
950
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000951- LBA48 Support
952 CONFIG_LBA48
953
954 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100955 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000956 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
957 support disks up to 2.1TB.
958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200959 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000960 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
961 Default is 32bit.
962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963- SCSI Support:
964 At the moment only there is only support for the
965 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
966 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200968 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
969 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
970 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
972 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200973 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000974
975- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000976 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000977 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
978
979 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
980 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
981 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
982 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
983
984 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
985 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
986 example with the "sspi" command.
987
988 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
989 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
990 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000991
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100992 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200993 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100994
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000995 CONFIG_EEPRO100
996 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200997 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998 write routine for first time initialisation.
999
1000 CONFIG_TULIP
1001 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1002 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1003 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1004
1005 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1006 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1007
1008 CONFIG_NS8382X
1009 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1010
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001011- NETWORK Support (other):
1012
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001013 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1014 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1015
1016 CONFIG_RMII
1017 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1018
1019 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1020 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1021 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1022
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001023 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1024 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1025
1026 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1027 Define this to hold the physical address
1028 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1029
1030 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1031 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1032
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001033 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1034 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1035
1036 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1037 Define this to hold the physical address
1038 of the device (I/O space)
1039
1040 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1041 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1042
1043 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1044 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1045 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1046
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001047 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1048 Support for davinci emac
1049
1050 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1051 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1052
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001053 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1054 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1055
1056 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1057 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1058 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1059 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1060 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1061 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1062 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1063 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1064
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001065 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001066 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1067
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001068 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001069 Define this to hold the physical address
1070 of the device (I/O space)
1071
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001072 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001073 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1074
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001075 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001076 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1077 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001078 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001079
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001080 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1081 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1082
1083 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1084 Define the number of ports to be used
1085
1086 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1087 Define the ETH PHY's address
1088
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001089 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1090 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1091
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001092- TPM Support:
1093 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1094 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1095 per system is supported at this time.
1096
1097 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1098 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1099 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1100 0xfed40000.
1101
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001102- USB Support:
1103 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001104 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001105 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1106 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001107 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001108 storage devices.
1109 Note:
1110 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1111 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001112 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1113 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1114 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001115 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1116 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001117 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1118 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1119 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001120 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1121 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001122 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001123 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1124 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001125
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001126- USB Device:
1127 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1128 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1129 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001130 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001131 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1132 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001133 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001134 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1135 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1136 a Linux host by
1137 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1138 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1139 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1140 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001141
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001142 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1143 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001144
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001145 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1146 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1147 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001149 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001150 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1151 be set to usbtty.
1152
1153 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001154 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001155 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001156 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001158 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001159 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001160 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001161
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001162 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001163 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001164 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001165 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1166 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1167 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1168
1169 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1170 Define this string as the name of your company for
1171 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001172
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001173 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1174 Define this string as the name of your product
1175 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1176
1177 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1178 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1179 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1180 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1181 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001182
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001183 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1184 Define this as the unique Product ID
1185 for your device
1186 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187
1188
1189- MMC Support:
1190 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1191 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1192 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1193 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001194 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1195 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001196
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001197 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1198 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1199
1200 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1201 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1202
1203 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1204 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1205
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001206- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1207 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1208 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1209 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001211 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1212 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001213 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001215 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001216 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1217 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1218
1219 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001220 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001221 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1222 have not defined a custom partition
1223
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001224- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1225 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1226 Support for saving memory data as a file
1227 in FAT formatted partition
1228
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001229- Keyboard Support:
1230 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1231
1232 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1233 support
1234
1235 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1236 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1237 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1238 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1239 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1240
1241- Video support:
1242 CONFIG_VIDEO
1243
1244 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1245 video).
1246
1247 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1248
1249 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1250
1251 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001252 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001253 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1254 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1255 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001257 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001258 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001259 are possible:
1260 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001261 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001262
1263 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1264 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1265 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1266 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1267 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1268 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1269 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1271
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001272 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001273 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001274
1275
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001276 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001277 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001278 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1279 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1280
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001281 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001282 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001283 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1284 support, and should also define these other macros:
1285
1286 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1287 CONFIG_VIDEO
1288 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1289 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1290 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1291 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1292 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1293 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1294
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001295 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1296 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1297 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1298 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001299
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001300- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001301 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001302
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001303 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1304 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1305 defined in your board-specific files.
1306 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001307
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1309
1310 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1311 display); also select one of the supported displays
1312 by defining one of these:
1313
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001314 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1315
1316 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1317
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001318 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001319
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001320 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001321
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001322 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001324 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1325 Active, color, single scan.
1326
1327 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1328
1329 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001330 Active, color, single scan.
1331
1332 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1333
1334 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1335 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1336
1337 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1338
1339 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1340 Active, color, single scan.
1341
1342 CONFIG_HLD1045
1343
1344 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1345 Active, color, single scan.
1346
1347 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1348
1349 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1350 or
1351 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1352 or
1353 Hitachi SP14Q002
1354
1355 320x240. Black & white.
1356
1357 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001358 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001359
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001360- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001361
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001362 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1363 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1364 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001365 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001366 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1367 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1368 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1369 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001370
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001371 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1372
1373 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1374 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1375 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1376 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1377 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1378 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1379
1380 Example:
1381 setenv splashpos m,m
1382 => image at center of screen
1383
1384 setenv splashpos 30,20
1385 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1386
1387 setenv splashpos -10,m
1388 => vertically centered image
1389 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1390
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001391- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1392
1393 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1394 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1395 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1396
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001397- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1398
1399 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1400 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1401 bmp command.
1402
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001403- Compression support:
1404 CONFIG_BZIP2
1405
1406 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1407 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1408 compressed images are supported.
1409
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001410 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001411 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001412 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001413
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001414 CONFIG_LZMA
1415
1416 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1417 images is included.
1418
1419 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1420 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1421 formula:
1422
1423 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1424
1425 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1426 and Literal pos bits.
1427
1428 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1429 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1430 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1431 a very small buffer.
1432
1433 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1434 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001435 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001436
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001437- MII/PHY support:
1438 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1439
1440 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1441
1442 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1443
1444 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1445
1446 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1447
1448 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001449 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001450
1451 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1452
1453 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1454 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1455 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1456 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1457
1458 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1459
1460 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1461 command issued before MII status register can be read
1462
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001463- Ethernet address:
1464 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001465 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001466 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1467 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001468 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1469 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001470
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001471 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1472 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473 is not determined automatically.
1474
1475- IP address:
1476 CONFIG_IPADDR
1477
1478 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001479 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001481 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001482
1483- Server IP address:
1484 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1485
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001486 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001487 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001488 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001489
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001490 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1491
1492 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1493 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1494
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001495- Gateway IP address:
1496 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1497
1498 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1499 default router where packets to other networks are
1500 sent to.
1501 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1502
1503- Subnet mask:
1504 CONFIG_NETMASK
1505
1506 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1507 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1508 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1509 forwarded through a router.
1510 (Environment variable "netmask")
1511
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001512- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1513 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1514
1515 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1516 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001517 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001518 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1519 multicast group.
1520
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001521- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1522 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1523
1524 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1525 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1526 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1527 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1528 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1529 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1530 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1531 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001532 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001533
1534 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1535 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1536 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1537 4th and following
1538 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1539
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001540- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001541 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1542 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001543
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001544 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1545 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1546 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1547 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1548 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1549 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1550 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1551 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1552 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1553 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1554 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1555 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001556
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001557 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1558 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001559
1560 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1561 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1562 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1563 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1564 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1565 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1566 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001567 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001568
1569 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1570 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1571 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001572 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001573 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1574 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001575
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001576 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1577
1578 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1579 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1580 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1581 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1582 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1583 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1584 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1585 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1586 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1587 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1588 this delay.
1589
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001590 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001591 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001592
1593 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1594
1595 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1596
1597 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1598 of the device.
1599
1600 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1601
1602 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1603 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001604 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001605
1606 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1607
1608 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1609 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1610
1611 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1612
1613 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1614
1615 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1616
1617 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1618
1619 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1620
1621 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1622
1623 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1624
1625 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1626 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1627
1628 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1629
1630 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1631
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001632- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1633
1634 Several configurations allow to display the current
1635 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1636 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1637 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1638 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1639 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1640 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1641 feature in U-Boot.
1642
1643- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1644
1645 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1646 on those systems that support this (optional)
1647 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1648
1649- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1650
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001651 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001652 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001653 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001654
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001655 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001656 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001657 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1658 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001659 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001660
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001661 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001662
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001663 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001664 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1665 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001667 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001668 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001670 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001671 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001672 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001673 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001674
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001675 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001676 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001677 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1678 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1679 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001680
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001681 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1682
1683 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1684 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1685 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1686 commands until the slave device responds.
1687
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001688 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001689
1690 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1691 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1692 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001693
1694 I2C_INIT
1695
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001696 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001697 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001698
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001699 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001700
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001701 I2C_PORT
1702
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001703 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1704 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1705 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001706
1707 I2C_ACTIVE
1708
1709 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1710 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1711 define can be null.
1712
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001713 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1714
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001715 I2C_TRISTATE
1716
1717 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1718 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1719 define can be null.
1720
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001721 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001723 I2C_READ
1724
1725 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1726 FALSE if it is low.
1727
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001728 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1729
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001730 I2C_SDA(bit)
1731
1732 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1733 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1734
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001735 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001736 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001737 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001738
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001739 I2C_SCL(bit)
1740
1741 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1742 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1743
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001744 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001745 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001746 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001747
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748 I2C_DELAY
1749
1750 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1751 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001752 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001753 like:
1754
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001755 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001757 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1758
1759 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1760 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1761 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1762 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1763
1764 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1765 the generic GPIO functions.
1766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001767 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001768
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001769 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1770 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1771 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1772 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1773 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1774 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1775 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1776 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001777
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001778 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1779
1780 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1781 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1782 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1783 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1784 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1785 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1786 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1787 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1788
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001789 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1790
1791 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1792 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1793 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1794
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001795 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1796
1797 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001798 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1799 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001800 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001802 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001803
1804 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001805 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001806 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1807 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001808
1809 e.g.
1810 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001811 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001812
1813 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1814
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001815 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001816 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001817
1818 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001820 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001821
1822 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1823 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001825 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001826
1827 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1828 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001830 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001831
1832 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1833 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001835 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001836
1837 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1838 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1839 specified DTT device.
1840
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001841 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1842
1843 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001844 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001845
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001846 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1847
1848 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1849 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1850 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1851 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1852 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1853 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1854
1855 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1856 feature!
1857
1858 Example:
1859 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1860 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1861 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1862
1863 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1864
1865 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1866 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1867
1868 => i2c bus
1869 Busses reached over muxes:
1870 Bus ID: 2
1871 reached over Mux(es):
1872 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1873 Bus ID: 3
1874 reached over Mux(es):
1875 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1876 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1877 =>
1878
1879 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001880 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1881 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001882 the channel 4.
1883
1884 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001885 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001886 the 2 muxes.
1887
1888 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1889 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1890 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1891 to add this option to other architectures.
1892
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001893 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1894
1895 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1896 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1897 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1898 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1899 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1900 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1901 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001902
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001903- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1904
1905 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1906 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1907 D/As on the SACSng board)
1908
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001909 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1910
1911 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1912 only SH7757 is supported.
1913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914 CONFIG_SPI_X
1915
1916 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1917 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1918
1919 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1920
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001921 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1922 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1923 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1924 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1925 defined, the board configuration must define several
1926 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1927 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001929 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1930
1931 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1932 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1933 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001934 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001935 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1936
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001937 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1938
1939 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00001940 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001941
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001942- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1943
1944 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1945
1946 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1947
1948 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1949 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1950
1951 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1952
1953 Enables support for FPGA family.
1954 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1955
1956 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001957
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001958 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001960 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001962 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001964 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001966 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1967 status by the configuration function. This option
1968 will require a board or device specific function to
1969 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970
1971 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1972
1973 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1974 configuration driver.
1975
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001976 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001977 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001979 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001981 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1982 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1983 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1984 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001986 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001988 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1989 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
1990 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001991 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001993 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001994
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001995 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001996 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001998 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001999
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002000 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002001 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002
2003- Configuration Management:
2004 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2005
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002006 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2007 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
2009- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2010
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002011 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2012 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002013 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002014 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2015 protects these variables from casual modification by
2016 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2017 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002018 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019
2020 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2021 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002022 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023 these parameters.
2024
2025 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2026 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002027 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2029 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2030 read-only.]
2031
2032- Protected RAM:
2033 CONFIG_PRAM
2034
2035 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2036 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2037 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2038 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2039 this default value by defining an environment
2040 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2041 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2042 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2043 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2044 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2045 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2046 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2047
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002048 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002049 saveenv
2050
2051 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2052 either, which results in a memory region that will
2053 not be affected by reboots.
2054
2055 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2056 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2057 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2058 following board configurations are known to be
2059 "pRAM-clean":
2060
2061 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2062 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002063 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064
2065- Error Recovery:
2066 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2067
2068 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2069 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2070 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002071 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2073 useful during development since you can try to debug
2074 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2075
2076 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2077
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002078 This variable defines the number of retries for
2079 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2080 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2081 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002082
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002083 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2084
2085 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2086
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002087- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002088 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002089
2090 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2091
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002092 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2093 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002094
2095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002096 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097
2098 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2099 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2100 powerful command line syntax like
2101 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2102 constructs ("shell scripts").
2103
2104 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2105 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2106
2107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002108 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109
2110 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2111 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2112 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2113
2114 Note:
2115
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002116 In the current implementation, the local variables
2117 space and global environment variables space are
2118 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2119 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2120 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2121 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2122 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002124 Global environment variables are those you use
2125 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2126 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2127 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128
2129 To store commands and special characters in a
2130 variable, please use double quotation marks
2131 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2132 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2133 symbols.
2134
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002135- Commandline Editing and History:
2136 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2137
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002138 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002139 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002140
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002141- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2143
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002144 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2145 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002146 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002147
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002148 For example, place something like this in your
2149 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
2151 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2152 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2153 "myvar2=value2\0"
2154
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002155 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2156 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2157 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2158 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002159 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002160 You better know what you are doing here.
2161
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002162 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2163 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002164 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002165 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002166
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002167- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002168 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2169
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002170 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2171 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2172 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002173
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002174- SystemACE Support:
2175 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2176
2177 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2178 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002179 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002180 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002181
2182 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002183 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002184
2185 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2186 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2187
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002188- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2189 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2190
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002191 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002192 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002193 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002194 number generator is used.
2195
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002196 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2197 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2198 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2199
2200 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002201 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2202 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2203 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2204 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2205 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2206 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2207
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002208- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2210
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002211 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2212 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2213 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2214 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2215 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2216 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002218Legacy uImage format:
2219
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220 Arg Where When
2221 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002222 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002224 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002226 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002227 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2228 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2229 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002230 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002231 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2232 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2233 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2234 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002235 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002236 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002237
2238 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2239 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2240 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2241 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2242 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2243 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2244 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002245 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002246 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2247 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2248
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002249 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002250
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002251 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002252 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2253 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002254
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002255 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2256 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2257 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2258 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2259 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2260 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2261 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2262 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2263 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2264 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2265 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2266 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2267 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2268 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2269 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2270 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2271 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2272 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2273 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2274 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2275 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2276 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2277 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2278 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2279 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2280 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2281 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2282 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2283 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2284 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2285 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2286 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2287 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2288 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2289 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2290 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2291 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2292 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2293 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2294 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2295 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2296 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2297 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2298 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2299 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2300 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2301 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002303 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002305 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002306 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2307 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002308
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002309 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2310 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002311 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002312 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2313 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2314 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002315 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2316 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002317 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002319FIT uImage format:
2320
2321 Arg Where When
2322 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2323 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2324 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2325 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2326 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2327 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002328 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002329 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2330 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2331 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2332 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2333 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002334 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2335 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002336 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2337 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2338 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2339 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2340 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2341 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2342 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2343 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2344
2345 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2346 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2347 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002348 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002349 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2350 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2351 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2352 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2353 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2354 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2355 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2356 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2357 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2358 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2359 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2360 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2361
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002362 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002363 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2364
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002365 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002366 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2367
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002368 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002369 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2370
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002371- Standalone program support:
2372 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2373
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002374 This option defines a board specific value for the
2375 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2376 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002377 settings.
2378
2379- Frame Buffer Address:
2380 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2381
2382 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2383 address for frame buffer.
2384 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2385 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002386 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002387
2388 Please see board_init_f function.
2389
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002390- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2391 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2392 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2393 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2394
2395 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2396 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2397
2398- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2399 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2400
2401 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2402 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2403
2404 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2405
2406 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2407 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2408
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002409- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002410 CONFIG_SPL
2411 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002412
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002413 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2414 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002415
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002416 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2417 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002418
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002419 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2420 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002421
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002422 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2423 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002424
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002425 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2426 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002427
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002428 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2429 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002430
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002431 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2432 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002433
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002434 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2435 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002436
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002437 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2438 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002439
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002440 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2441 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002442
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002443 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2444 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002445
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002446 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2447 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002448
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002449Modem Support:
2450--------------
2451
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002452[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002453
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002454- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2456
2457- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2458 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2459
2460- Modem debug support:
2461 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2462
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002463 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2464 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002465
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002466- Interrupt support (PPC):
2467
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002468 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2469 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002470 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002471 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002472 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002473 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002474 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002475 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2476 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2477 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002478
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479- General:
2480
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002481 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2482 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2483 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002484 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002485 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2486 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2487 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002489 If there are no modem init strings in the
2490 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2491 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002492 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493
2494 See also: doc/README.Modem
2495
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002496Board initialization settings:
2497------------------------------
2498
2499During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2500to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2501before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2502following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2503architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2504typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2505
2506- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2507- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2508- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2509- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002511Configuration Settings:
2512-----------------------
2513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002514- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002515 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2516
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002517- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2518 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002520- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521 prompt for user input.
2522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002523- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002525- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002527- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002529- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2531 booted
2532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002533- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002536- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002537 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002540 If the board specific function
2541 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2542 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002545- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002546 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002548- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002551- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2553 simple memory test.
2554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002555- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002556 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002558- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002559 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2560 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002562- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2563 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002564 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002565 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002566 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2567 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2568 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002569 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002570 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002571 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002572
2573 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2574 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2575 be touched.
2576
2577 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2578 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2579 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2580 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2581 problems.
2582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002583- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584 Default load address for network file downloads
2585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002586- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002589- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2591
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002592- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2594 Cogent motherboard)
2595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002596- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002599- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2601 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002602 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002603 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002605- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002606 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2607 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2608 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2609 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002611- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002614- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002615 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2616 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002617 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002618 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002620- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2622 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002623 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2624 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2625 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2626 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002627 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002628 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2629 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2630 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002631
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002632- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2633 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2634 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2635 is enabled.
2636
2637- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2638 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2639 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2640
2641- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2642 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2643 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002645- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646 Max number of Flash memory banks
2647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002648- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002651- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002658 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002660- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002661 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002664 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2665 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002667- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
2669 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2670 without this option such a download has to be
2671 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2672 copy from RAM to flash.
2673
2674 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2675 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002676 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2677 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002680- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002681 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002682 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002684- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002685 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2686 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002688- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2689 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2690 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2691 to the MTD layer.
2692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002693- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002694 Use buffered writes to flash.
2695
2696- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2697 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2698 write commands.
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002701 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2702 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2703 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2704 optionally available.
2705
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002706- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2707 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2708 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2709 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2710
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002711- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002712 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2713 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002714 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2715 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002716 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002717 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2718
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002719- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2720
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002721 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2722 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2723 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2724 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2725 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2728of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2729following configurations:
2730
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002731- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2732
2733 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2734 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002736- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002737
2738 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2739
2740 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2741 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2742 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2743 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2744 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2745 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2746 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2747 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2748 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2749 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2750 between U-Boot and the environment.
2751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002752 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753
2754 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2755 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2756 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2757 for this sector is given here.
2758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002759 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002761 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
2763 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2764 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002765 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002767 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002768
2769 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2770
2771
2772 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2773 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2774 the environment.
2775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002776 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002778 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002779 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2781 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2782
2783 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2784 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2785 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2786 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2787 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2788 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2789 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2790 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2791 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002793 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2794 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002796 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002797 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002798 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002799 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
2801BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2802source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2803accordingly!
2804
2805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002806- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807
2808 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2809 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2810 environment.
2811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002812 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2813 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002815 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002816 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2817 can just be read and written to, without any special
2818 provision.
2819
2820BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2821in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002822console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823U-Boot will hang.
2824
2825Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2826environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2827keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2828to save the current settings.
2829
2830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002831- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832
2833 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2834 device and a driver for it.
2835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002836 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2837 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838
2839 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2840 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2844 The default address is zero.
2845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002846 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2848 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2849 would require six bits.
2850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002851 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002852 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002853 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002855 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002856 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2857 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002859 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002860 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2861 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2862 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2863 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2864 byte chips.
2865
2866 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2867 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2868 in the chip address.
2869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002870 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2872
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002873 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2874 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2875 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2876
2877 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2878 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2879 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2880 EEPROM. For example:
2881
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002882 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002883
2884 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2885 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002887- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002888
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002889 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002890 want to use for the environment.
2891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002892 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2893 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2894 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002895
2896 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2897 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2898 at the specified address.
2899
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002900- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002901
2902 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2903 for the environment.
2904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002905 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2906 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002907
2908 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002909 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2910 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002911
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002912 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002914 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002915 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2916 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002917 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002918 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002919
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002920 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2921
2922 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2923 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2924 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2925 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2926 the range to be avoided.
2927
2928 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2929
2930 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2931 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2932 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2933 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2934 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002935
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002936- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2937
2938 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2939 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2940 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002942- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002943
2944 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2945 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2946 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2947 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2948 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2949 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2950 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2951
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002952Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02002954created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955until then to read environment variables.
2956
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002957The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2958is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2959with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2960necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2961"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2962have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002963
2964Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2965the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002966use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002968- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002969 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002971 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002972 also needs to be defined.
2973
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002974- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002975 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002977- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2978 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2979 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2980 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2981 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2982 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002984Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002985---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002987- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002988 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002990- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002992
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002993 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
2994 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
2995 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002996
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002997- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
2998 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
2999 PowerPC SOCs.
3000
3001- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3002 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3003 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3004
3005 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3006 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3007
3008- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3009 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3010 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003011 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003012 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3013 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3014 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3015
3016 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3017 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3018
3019- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003020 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3021 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003022 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3023 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3024
3025- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3026 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3027 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3028 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3029
3030- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3031 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3032 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3033
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003034- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003035 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003036
3037 the default drive number (default value 0)
3038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003039 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003040
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003041 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003042 (default value 1)
3043
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003044 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003045
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003046 defines the offset of register from address. It
3047 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003048 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003050 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3051 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003052 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003054 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003055 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3056 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3057 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3058 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003059
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003060- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3061 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3062 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3063 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3064 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3065 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3066 is requierd.
3067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003068- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003069 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003070 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003072- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003073
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003074 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003075 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3076 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3077 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3078 will become available only after programming the
3079 memory controller and running certain initialization
3080 sequences.
3081
3082 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3083 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3084 - MPC824X: data cache
3085 - PPC4xx: data cache
3086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003087- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003088
3089 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3091 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003092 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003093 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3095 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3096 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097
3098 Note:
3099 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3100 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003101 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003102 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3103 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003107- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003111- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003113- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003115- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003117- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003118 SDRAM timing
3119
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003120- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121 periodic timer for refresh
3122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003123- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003125- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3126 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3127 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3128 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3130
3131- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003132 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3133 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003136- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3137 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3139 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003141- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003142 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3143 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003146 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3147 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003149- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3151 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003153- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3155 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3156 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003159 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3160 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3161 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3162 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003164- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3165 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3166 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3167 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3168 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3169 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3170 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3171 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003172 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003173
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003174- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3175 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3176 required.
3177
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003178- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3179 Chip has SRIO or not
3180
3181- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3182 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3183
3184- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3185 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3186
3187- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3188 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3189
3190- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3191 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3192
3193- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3194 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3195
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003196- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3197 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3198 16 bit bus.
3199
3200- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3201 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3202 a default value will be used.
3203
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003204- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003205 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3206 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3207
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003208 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3209 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003211- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003212 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3213 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3214 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003215
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003216- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3217 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3218 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3219 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3220 header files or board specific files.
3221
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003222- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3223 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003225- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003226 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3227 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003228
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003229- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3230 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3231
3232- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3233 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003234 to the given FEC; i. e.
3235 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003236 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3237
3238 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3239
3240- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3241 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3242 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3243
3244- CONFIG_RMII
3245 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3246 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3247 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3248
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003249- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3250 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3251 The syntax is:
3252
3253 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3254
3255 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3256 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3257 area should have.
3258
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003259- CONFIG_LOOPW
3260 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003261 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003262
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003263- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3264 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3265 "md/mw" commands.
3266 Examples:
3267
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003268 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003269 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3270
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003271 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003272 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3273
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003274 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003275 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003276
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003277- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003278 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003279 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3280 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3281 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003282
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003283 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3284 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3285 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3286 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003287
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003288- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003289 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3290 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3291 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003292
Heiko Schocher68bb8292011-11-01 20:00:30 +00003293- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3294 define this, if you want to read first the oob data
3295 and then the data. This is used for example on
3296 davinci plattforms.
3297
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003298- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3299 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3300 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3301 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3302 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3303
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003304Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3305-----------------------------------
3306
3307The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3308loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3309This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3310are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3311within that device.
3312
3313- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3314 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3315 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3316 is also specified.
3317
3318- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3319 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3320 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3321 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3322 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3323
3324- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3325 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3326 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3327 virtual address in NOR flash.
3328
3329- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3330 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3331 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3332
3333- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3334 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3335 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3336
3337- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3338 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3339 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3340
3341
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003342Building the Software:
3343======================
3344
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003345Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3346and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3347all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3348(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3349recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3350which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003351
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003352If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3353have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3354you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3355Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3356necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003358 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3359 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003360
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003361Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3362 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3363 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3364 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3365
3366 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3367
3368 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3369 be executed on computers running Windows.
3370
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003371U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3372sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003373is done by typing:
3374
3375 make NAME_config
3376
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003377where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3378rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003380Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3381 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3382 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3383 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003384 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003386 make TQM823L_config
3387 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003389 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3390 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003392 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003393
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003395Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3396images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003398- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3399- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3400- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003401
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003402By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3403in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3404this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3405
34061. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3407
3408 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3409 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3410 make O=/tmp/build all
3411
34122. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3413
3414 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3415 make distclean
3416 make NAME_config
3417 make all
3418
3419Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3420variable.
3421
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003423Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3424for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3425native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003428If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3429to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3430steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034321. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3433 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3434 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3435 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3436 keep this order.
34372. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3438 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3439 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
34403. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3441 your board
34423. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3443 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
34444. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
34455. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3446 to be installed on your target system.
34476. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3448 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003449
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003451Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3452==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003453
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003454If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3455or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003456provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3457the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003458official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003460But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3461cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003462the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3463just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003464for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3465select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3466environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3467you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003469 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003471or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003473 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003475When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3476U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3477setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3478built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3479<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3480location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3481variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003482
3483 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3484 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3485 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3486
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003487With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3488log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3489during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003490
3491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003492See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003495Monitor Commands - Overview:
3496============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498go - start application at address 'addr'
3499run - run commands in an environment variable
3500bootm - boot application image from memory
3501bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3502tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3503 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3504 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003505tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003506rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3507diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3508loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3509loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3510md - memory display
3511mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3512nm - memory modify (constant address)
3513mw - memory write (fill)
3514cp - memory copy
3515cmp - memory compare
3516crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003517i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003518sspi - SPI utility commands
3519base - print or set address offset
3520printenv- print environment variables
3521setenv - set environment variables
3522saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3523protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3524erase - erase FLASH memory
3525flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3526bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3527iminfo - print header information for application image
3528coninfo - print console devices and informations
3529ide - IDE sub-system
3530loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003531loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003532mtest - simple RAM test
3533icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3534dcache - enable or disable data cache
3535reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3536echo - echo args to console
3537version - print monitor version
3538help - print online help
3539? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003540
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003542Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3543========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003545TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003547For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548
3549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003550Environment Variables:
3551======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003553U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3554can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003556Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3557"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3558without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3559environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3560working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3561environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003563Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3564
3565List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003567 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003569 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003571 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003573 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003575 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003577 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3578 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3579 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3580 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3581 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3582 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003583 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3584 bootm_mapsize.
3585
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003586 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003587 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3588 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3589 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3590 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3591 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3592 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003593
3594 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3595 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3596 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3597 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3598 environment variable.
3599
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003600 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3601 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3602 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003604 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3605 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3606 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3607 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003609 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3610 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3611 be automatically started (by internally calling
3612 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003614 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3615 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3616 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3617 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3618 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003620 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3621 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
3622 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3623 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3624 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3625 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3626 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3627 must be accessible by the kernel.
3628
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003629 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3630 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3631 defined.
3632
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003633 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3634 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3635 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3636 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3637 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003639 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3640 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3641 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3642 is usually what you want since it allows for
3643 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3644 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003645 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003646 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3647 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3648 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3649 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003651 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3652 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3653 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3654 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3655 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3656 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003658 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3661 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3662 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3663 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3664 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3665 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3666 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003668 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003670 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3671 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003673 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003675 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003677 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003679 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003681 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003683 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003685 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3686 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003688 => setenv ethact FEC
3689 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3690 => setenv ethact SCC
3691 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003693 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3694 available network interfaces.
3695 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3696
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003697 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003698 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3699 When set to "once" the network operation will
3700 fail when all the available network interfaces
3701 are tried once without success.
3702 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3703 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003705 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003706
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003707 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003708 UDP source port.
3709
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003710 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3711 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3712
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003713 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3714 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3715
3716 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3717 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3718 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3719 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3720 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3721 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3722 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3723
3724 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003725 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003726 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003727
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003728The following image location variables contain the location of images
3729used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3730not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3731variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3732server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3733loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3734flash or offset in NAND flash.
3735
3736*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3737boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3738boards use these variables for other purposes.
3739
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003740Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3741----- --------- ----------- --------------
3742u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3743Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3744device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3745ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003747The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3748updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3749depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003751 bootfile - see above
3752 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3753 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3754 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3755 hostname - Target hostname
3756 ipaddr - see above
3757 netmask - Subnet Mask
3758 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3759 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003760
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003762There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003764 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3765 as type string and/or serial number
3766 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003768These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3769the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3770once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
3772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003773Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003775 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3776 with the "version" command. This variable is
3777 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003780Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3781only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003784Command Line Parsing:
3785=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003787There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3788the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003790Old, simple command line parser:
3791--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003793- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3794- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003795- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3797 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003798 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003799- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3800 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802Hush shell:
3803-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3806 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3807 until...do...done, ...
3808- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3809 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3810 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3811 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003813General rules:
3814--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003816(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3817 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3818 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3819 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003822 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3824 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003826Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3827=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003828
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003829Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003830such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3831"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3834MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3835"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3838in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3839ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3840variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003842o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3843 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003845o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3846 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3847 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003849o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3850 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003852o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3853 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3854 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003856o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3857 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003859If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003860will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003861may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3862The naming convention is as follows:
3863"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003865Image Formats:
3866==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003868U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3869images in two formats:
3870
3871New uImage format (FIT)
3872-----------------------
3873
3874Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3875to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3876components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3877SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3878
3879
3880Old uImage format
3881-----------------
3882
3883Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3884preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3885details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003887* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3888 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003889 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3890 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3891 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02003892* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003893 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3894 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003895* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3896* Load Address
3897* Entry Point
3898* Image Name
3899* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3902and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3903CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003906Linux Support:
3907==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3910easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3911U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003913U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3914special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3915"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3916instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3917serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003919- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3920 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3921 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003923- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3924 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003926- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3927 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3928 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3929 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3930 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3931 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003934Linux HOWTO:
3935============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003937Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3938---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003940U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3941configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3942(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3943Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003945But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3948include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02003949Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3950and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003951as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003954Configuring the Linux kernel:
3955-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003957No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3958device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003961Building a Linux Image:
3962-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003964With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
3965not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
3966"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
3967U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
3968which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
3969100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003971Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003973 make TQM850L_config
3974 make oldconfig
3975 make dep
3976 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003978The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
3979encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
3980CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
3987 -R .note -R .comment \
3988 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003990* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003992 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003996 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
3997 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
3998 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003999
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4002with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4003combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4004byte header containing information about target architecture,
4005operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4006stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004008"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4009print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004011In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4012contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4013checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015 tools/mkimage -l image
4016 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004018The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4019from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004021 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4022 -n name -d data_file image
4023 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4024 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4025 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4026 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4027 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4028 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4029 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4030 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004031
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004032Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4033address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4034kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4037- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004039So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004041 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4042 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004043 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004044 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4045 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4046 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4047 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4048 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4049 Load Address: 0x00000000
4050 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4055 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4056 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4057 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4058 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4059 Load Address: 0x00000000
4060 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4063speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4064needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4065need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004067 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4069 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004070 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4072 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4073 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4074 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4075 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4076 Load Address: 0x00000000
4077 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4081when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4084 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4085 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4086 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4087 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4088 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4089 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4090 Load Address: 0x00000000
4091 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004092
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004094Installing a Linux Image:
4095-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4098you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4103image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4104address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4105specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4106command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4109TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113 .......... done
4114 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116 => loads 40100000
4117 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4118 ~>examples/image.srec
4119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4120 ...
4121 15989 15990 15991 15992
4122 [file transfer complete]
4123 [connected]
4124 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125
4126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004127You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004128this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004129corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004131 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004133 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4134 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4135 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4136 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4137 Load Address: 00000000
4138 Entry Point: 0000000c
4139 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
4141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004142Boot Linux:
4143-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004145The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4146memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4147of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4148parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4149"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
4151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152 => printenv bootargs
4153 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004157 => printenv bootargs
4158 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004160 => bootm 40020000
4161 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4162 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4163 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4164 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4165 Load Address: 00000000
4166 Entry Point: 0000000c
4167 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4168 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4169 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4170 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4171 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4172 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4173 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4174 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004176If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4178format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4183 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4184 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4185 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4186 Load Address: 00000000
4187 Entry Point: 0000000c
4188 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004190 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4191 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4192 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4193 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4194 Load Address: 00000000
4195 Entry Point: 00000000
4196 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004198 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4199 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4200 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4201 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4202 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4203 Load Address: 00000000
4204 Entry Point: 0000000c
4205 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4206 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4207 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4208 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4209 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4210 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4211 Load Address: 00000000
4212 Entry Point: 00000000
4213 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4214 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4215 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4216 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4217 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4218 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4219 ...
4220 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4221 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004225Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4226-----------
4227
4228First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4229titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4230following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4231flat device tree:
4232
4233=> print oftaddr
4234oftaddr=0x300000
4235=> print oft
4236oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4237=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4238Speed: 1000, full duplex
4239Using TSEC0 device
4240TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4241Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4242Load address: 0x300000
4243Loading: #
4244done
4245Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4246=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4247Speed: 1000, full duplex
4248Using TSEC0 device
4249TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4250Filename 'uImage'.
4251Load address: 0x200000
4252Loading:############
4253done
4254Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4255=> print loadaddr
4256loadaddr=200000
4257=> print oftaddr
4258oftaddr=0x300000
4259=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4260## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004261 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4262 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4263 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004264 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004265 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004266 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4267 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4268Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4269Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4270Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4271[snip]
4272
4273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274More About U-Boot Image Types:
4275------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4280 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4281 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4282 the Standalone Program.
4283 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4284 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4285 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4286 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4287 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4288 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4289 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4290 being started.
4291 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4292 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4293 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4294 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4295 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4296 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004298 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4299 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4300 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4301 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4302 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4303 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4306 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4307 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004309 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4310 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4311 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4312 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315Standalone HOWTO:
4316=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4319run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4320U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324"Hello World" Demo:
4325-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004327'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4328application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4329It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4330like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332 => loads
4333 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4334 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4335 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4336 [file transfer complete]
4337 [connected]
4338 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004340 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4341 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4342 Hello World
4343 argc = 7
4344 argv[0] = "40004"
4345 argv[1] = "Hello"
4346 argv[2] = "World!"
4347 argv[3] = "This"
4348 argv[4] = "is"
4349 argv[5] = "a"
4350 argv[6] = "test."
4351 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4352 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004354 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4357handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4358Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4359The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4360character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4361controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004363 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4364 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4365 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4366 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368 => loads
4369 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4370 ~>examples/timer.srec
4371 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4372 [file transfer complete]
4373 [connected]
4374 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004376 => go 40004
4377 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4378 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4379 Using timer 1
4380 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004382Hit 'b':
4383 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4384 Enabling timer
4385Hit '?':
4386 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4387 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4388Hit '?':
4389 [q, b, e, ?] .
4390 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4391Hit '?':
4392 [q, b, e, ?] .
4393 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4394Hit '?':
4395 [q, b, e, ?] .
4396 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4397Hit 'e':
4398 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4399Hit 'q':
4400 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004401
4402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004403Minicom warning:
4404================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4407"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4408consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4409Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4410especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4411use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4414configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4417 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4418 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004419
4420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421NetBSD Notes:
4422=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4425(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4428NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4429need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4430Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4431attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4432missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4435 # mkdir powerpc
4436 # ln -s powerpc machine
4437 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4438 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4441and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4444stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4445proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4446tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004447meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
4449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450Implementation Internals:
4451=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4454implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4455inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4456hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
4458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459Initial Stack, Global Data:
4460---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004462The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4463starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4464system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4465This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4466is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4467at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4468options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4469models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4470MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4471locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004472
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004473 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004474 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004476 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4477 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4478 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4479 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004481 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4482 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4483 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4484 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4485 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004486 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4488 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4491 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004492 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4494 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4495 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4496 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004498 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4500 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004501 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4503 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4504 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4505 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4506 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004508 -Chris Hallinan
4509 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4512code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004514* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4515 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004517* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4519 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4522 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4525normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4526turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4527simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4528functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4529functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4530the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4531place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4532reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004534When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4535relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4536GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4539 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004540 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4542 R5-R10: parameter passing
4543 R13: small data area pointer
4544 R30: GOT pointer
4545 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004547 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4548 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4549 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004551 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4554 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4555 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4556 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4557 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4558 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004560On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004561 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4562
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004563 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567 R0: function argument word/integer result
4568 R1-R3: function argument word
4569 R9: GOT pointer
4570 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4571 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4572 R12: temporary workspace
4573 R13: stack pointer
4574 R14: link register
4575 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004579On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4580 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4581
4582 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4583
4584 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4585 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4586
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004587On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4588
4589 R0-R1: argument/return
4590 R2-R5: argument
4591 R15: temporary register for assembler
4592 R16: trampoline register
4593 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4594 R29: global pointer (GP)
4595 R30: link register (LP)
4596 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4597 PC: program counter (PC)
4598
4599 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4600
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004601NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4602or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604Memory Management:
4605------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4608MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4611controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4612memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4613physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4616TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4617booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4618to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004619memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4621Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4624of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004626So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4627this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4630 :
4631 0x0000 1FFF
4632 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4633 :
4634 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636 :
4637 :
4638 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4639 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4640 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4641 :
4642 0x00FD FFFF
4643 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4644 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4645 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4646 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
4648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649System Initialization:
4650----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004653(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4655To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4656To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4657initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4658which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4659part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4660the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4663preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4664(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4665on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4666programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4667simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4668banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4671different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4672bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
46730x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4674contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4677and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4678Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4679pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4682until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4683running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4684new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
4686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687U-Boot Porting Guide:
4688----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4691list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
4693
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004694int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695{
4696 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004698 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4699 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004702 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703 return 0;
4704 }
4705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706 Download latest U-Boot source;
4707
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004708 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004710 if (clueless)
4711 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713 while (learning) {
4714 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004715 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4716 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004718 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004719 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004721 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4722 Buy a BDI3000;
4723 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004725
4726 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4727 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4728 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4729 } else {
4730 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4731 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004733 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4734 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004736 while (!accepted) {
4737 while (!running) {
4738 do {
4739 Add / modify source code;
4740 } until (compiles);
4741 Debug;
4742 if (clueless)
4743 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4744 }
4745 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4746 if (reasonable critiques)
4747 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4748 else
4749 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752 return 0;
4753}
4754
4755void no_more_time (int sig)
4756{
4757 hire_a_guru();
4758}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
4760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761Coding Standards:
4762-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004765coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004766"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004768Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4769MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4770reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4771sources.
4772
4773Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4774Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4775in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776
4777Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4778- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004779- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004781- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4783
4784Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4785with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
4787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788Submitting Patches:
4789-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4792establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4793may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004795Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004796
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004797Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4798see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4801it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4804 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4805 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4808 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4811
4812* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4813
4814* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004815 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816
4817* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4818 document these in the README file.
4819
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004820* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4821 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004822 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004823 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4824 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004826 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4827 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4828 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004830 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4831 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4832 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4833 affected files).
4834
4835 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4836 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837
4838* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4839 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4840
4841* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4842 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4843
4844
4845Notes:
4846
4847* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4848 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4849 for any of the boards.
4850
4851* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4852 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4853 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4854
4855* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4856 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4857 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4858 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4859 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4860 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004861
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004862* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4863 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4864 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4865 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.